1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
56 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
58 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
59 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
60 need to move into elfcode.h. */
62 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
65 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
66 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
67 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
69 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
70 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
71 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
72 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
73 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
74 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
75 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
78 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
81 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
82 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
83 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
89 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
94 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
97 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
98 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
99 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
101 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
102 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
105 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
108 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
109 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
110 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
116 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
119 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
120 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
121 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
123 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
124 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
125 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
126 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
127 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
130 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
133 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
134 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
135 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
137 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
144 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
148 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
149 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
151 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
152 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
153 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
154 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
155 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
158 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
161 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
162 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
163 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
166 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
172 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
175 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
176 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
177 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
179 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
182 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
186 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
187 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
189 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
192 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
193 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
196 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
198 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
203 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
206 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
209 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
210 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
214 return h
& 0xffffffff;
217 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
218 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
221 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
223 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
224 unsigned long h
= 5381;
227 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
228 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
229 return h
& 0xffffffff;
232 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
233 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
235 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
237 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
239 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
240 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
241 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
244 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
245 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
247 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
251 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
258 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
261 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
266 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
268 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
269 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
272 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
276 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
279 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
281 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
283 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
285 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
286 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
289 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
290 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
292 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
293 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
294 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
296 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
297 in case the string table is not terminated. */
298 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
299 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
300 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
301 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
303 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
304 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
305 the string table over and over. */
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
309 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
310 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
312 return (char *) shstrtab
;
316 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
317 unsigned int shindex
,
318 unsigned int strindex
)
320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
325 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
328 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
330 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
332 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
334 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
335 /* xgettext:c-format */
336 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
337 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
342 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
347 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
348 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
349 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
350 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
351 the section is zero. */
352 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
356 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
358 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
360 /* xgettext:c-format */
361 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
362 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
363 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
365 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
369 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
372 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
373 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
374 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
375 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
376 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
377 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
378 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
381 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
391 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
392 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
402 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
408 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
410 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
412 elf_section_list
* entry
;
413 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
415 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
416 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
419 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
422 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
424 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
429 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
431 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
432 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
433 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
434 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
435 the index table will not be needed. */
439 /* Read the symbols. */
441 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
443 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
444 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
445 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
451 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
452 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
454 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
455 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
457 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
458 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
459 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
465 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
469 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
471 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
475 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
476 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
478 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
479 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
481 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
482 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
483 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
490 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
492 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
494 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
497 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
498 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
499 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
503 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
504 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
505 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
506 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
508 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
509 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
511 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
512 /* xgettext:c-format */
513 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
514 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
515 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
523 free (alloc_extshndx
);
528 /* Look up a symbol name. */
530 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
531 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
532 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
536 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
537 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
539 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
540 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
541 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
543 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
544 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
547 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
550 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
551 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
556 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
557 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
560 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
561 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
563 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
565 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
566 signature just a string? */
569 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
571 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
572 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
573 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
574 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
576 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
577 that it is a symbol table section. */
578 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
580 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
581 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
582 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
585 /* Go read the symbol. */
586 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
587 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
588 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
591 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
594 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
597 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
599 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
601 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
602 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
605 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
607 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
608 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
609 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
612 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
613 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
614 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
615 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
616 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
618 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
620 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
622 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
628 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
629 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
634 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
635 so we can find them quickly. */
638 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
639 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
640 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
641 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
642 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
646 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
648 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
650 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
653 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
655 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
657 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
660 /* Add to list of sections. */
661 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
664 /* Read the raw contents. */
665 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
666 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
667 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
668 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
669 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
671 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
674 /* xgettext:c-format */
675 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
676 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
677 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
678 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
683 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
684 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
685 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
687 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
688 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
696 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
697 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
701 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
702 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
703 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
708 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
709 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
710 section group should be marked with
711 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
712 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
714 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
717 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
720 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
728 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
729 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
733 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
736 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
739 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
740 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
746 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
748 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
751 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
753 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
754 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
756 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
757 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
763 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
764 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
766 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
767 /* xgettext:c-format */
768 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
769 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
770 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
771 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
774 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
776 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
777 section is a member. */
779 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
783 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
784 other members to see if any others are linked via
786 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
787 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
789 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
790 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
791 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
795 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
796 insert current section in circular list. */
797 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
798 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
799 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
805 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
808 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
810 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
811 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
814 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
816 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
817 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
819 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
826 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
828 /* xgettext:c-format */
829 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
837 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
840 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
841 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
844 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
845 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
847 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
848 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
850 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
851 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
852 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
853 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
856 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
857 bed
->link_order_error_handler
858 /* xgettext:c-format */
859 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
864 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
866 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
868 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
869 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
873 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
874 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
878 /* xgettext:c-format */
879 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
880 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
884 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
887 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
888 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
891 /* xgettext:c-format */
892 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
893 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
898 /* Process section groups. */
899 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
902 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
904 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
905 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
908 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
909 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
912 /* xgettext:c-format */
913 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
919 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
920 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
926 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
928 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
929 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
930 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
931 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
933 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
935 /* xgettext:c-format */
936 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
939 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
940 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
953 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
955 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
959 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
961 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
962 return elf_group_name (sec
);
967 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
969 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
970 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
971 if (new_name
== NULL
)
975 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
980 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
982 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
983 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
984 if (new_name
== NULL
)
987 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
991 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
995 int16_t major_version
;
996 int16_t minor_version
;
997 unsigned char slim_object
;
999 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1003 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1004 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1007 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1008 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1014 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1015 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1017 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1020 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1021 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1024 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1025 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1026 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1028 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1029 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1030 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1032 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1034 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1035 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1036 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1037 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1039 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1042 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1045 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1046 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1047 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1049 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1051 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1054 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1056 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1057 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1058 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1059 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1061 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1062 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1063 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1064 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1066 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1068 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1069 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1073 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1074 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1075 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1079 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1081 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1082 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1083 if (name
[0] == '.')
1085 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1086 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1087 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1088 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1089 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1090 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1092 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1095 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1096 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1097 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1098 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1102 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1103 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1104 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1107 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1108 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1109 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1110 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1111 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1112 all but one of the sections. */
1113 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1114 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1115 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1117 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1120 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1121 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1122 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1125 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1126 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1127 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1128 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1132 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1135 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1136 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1140 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1142 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1143 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1145 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1146 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1147 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1148 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1149 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1150 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1151 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1153 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1155 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1158 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1159 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1161 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1162 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1163 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1164 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1166 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1167 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1168 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1170 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1171 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1172 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1173 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1174 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1175 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1176 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1177 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1178 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1180 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1181 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1182 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1183 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1184 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1185 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1186 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1192 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1193 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1194 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1195 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1196 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1198 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1199 int compression_header_size
;
1200 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1201 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1202 bfd_boolean compressed
1203 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1204 &compression_header_size
,
1206 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1209 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1210 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1211 action
= decompress
;
1214 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1215 section. Check if we should compress. */
1216 if (action
== nothing
)
1218 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1219 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1220 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1221 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1223 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1224 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1230 if (action
== compress
)
1232 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1235 /* xgettext:c-format */
1236 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1243 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1246 /* xgettext:c-format */
1247 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1253 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1256 && (action
== decompress
1257 || (action
== compress
1258 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1260 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1261 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1263 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1264 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1266 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1270 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1271 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1272 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1275 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1277 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1278 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1280 struct lto_section lsection
;
1281 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1282 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1283 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1289 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1291 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1292 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1293 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1296 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1297 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1298 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1299 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1300 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1301 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1302 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1303 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1304 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1306 bfd_reloc_status_type
1307 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1308 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1310 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1311 asection
*input_section
,
1313 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1315 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1316 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1317 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1318 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1320 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1321 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1324 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1327 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1328 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1329 should be the same. */
1332 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1333 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1335 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1336 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1337 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1338 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1340 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1341 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1343 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1346 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1347 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1348 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1349 to be the correct section. */
1352 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1353 const unsigned int hint
)
1355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1358 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1360 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1361 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1362 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1363 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1366 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1370 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1372 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1373 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1374 multiple matches ? */
1381 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1382 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1383 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1386 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1388 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1390 const unsigned int secnum
)
1392 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1393 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1394 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1395 unsigned int sh_link
;
1397 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1399 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1400 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1401 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1402 matched up with the original.
1404 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1405 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1406 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1407 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1408 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1409 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1410 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1411 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1412 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1413 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1414 without any contents. */
1415 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1416 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1417 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1418 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1422 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1423 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1427 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1428 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1429 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1430 in the input bfd. */
1431 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1433 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1434 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1437 /* xgettext:c-format */
1438 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1439 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1443 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1444 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1446 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1450 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1451 if we could not find a match ? */
1453 /* xgettext:c-format */
1454 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1457 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1459 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1460 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1462 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1464 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1466 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1467 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1470 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1471 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1473 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1475 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1480 /* xgettext:c-format */
1481 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1487 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1491 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1493 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1494 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1495 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1498 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1499 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1502 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1504 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1505 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1508 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1510 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1511 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1512 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1514 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1515 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1516 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1517 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1519 /* Copy object attributes. */
1520 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1522 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1525 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1527 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1528 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1531 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1533 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1534 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1535 files. See below for more details. */
1537 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1538 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1541 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1542 fields have already been initialised. */
1543 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1544 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1547 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1548 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1549 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1551 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1553 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1556 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1557 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1558 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1559 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1561 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1562 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1563 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1564 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1565 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1566 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1571 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1574 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1575 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1576 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1577 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1579 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1581 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1584 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1585 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1586 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1588 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1589 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1590 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1591 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1592 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1593 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1594 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1595 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1596 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1597 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1599 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1604 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1606 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1607 with a NULL input section. */
1608 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1617 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1622 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1623 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1624 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1625 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1626 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1627 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1628 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1629 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1630 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1631 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1632 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1633 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1638 /* Print out the program headers. */
1641 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1643 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1644 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1646 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1648 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1653 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1654 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1655 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1657 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1662 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1665 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1666 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1667 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1668 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1669 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1670 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1671 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1672 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1673 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1674 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1675 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1676 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1677 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1678 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1679 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1680 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1681 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1686 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1689 unsigned int elfsec
;
1690 unsigned long shlink
;
1691 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1693 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1695 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1697 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1700 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1701 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1703 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1705 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1706 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1709 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1710 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1712 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1713 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1715 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1717 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1718 const char *name
= "";
1720 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1721 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1723 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1725 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1732 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1733 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1735 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1737 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1742 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1743 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1744 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1745 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1746 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1747 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1748 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1749 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1750 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1751 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1752 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1753 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1754 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1755 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1756 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1757 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1758 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1759 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1760 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1761 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1762 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1763 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1764 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1765 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1766 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1767 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1768 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1769 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1770 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1771 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1772 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1773 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1774 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1775 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1776 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1777 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1778 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1779 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1780 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1781 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1782 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1783 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1784 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1785 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1786 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1787 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1788 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1789 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1790 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1791 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1792 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1793 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1794 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1795 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1796 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1797 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1798 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1799 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1802 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1806 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1811 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1813 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1816 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1825 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1826 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1828 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1832 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1834 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1836 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1837 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1839 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1840 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1841 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1842 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1844 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1847 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1851 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1857 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1859 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1861 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1862 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1864 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1866 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1867 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1868 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1869 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1870 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1871 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1882 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1883 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1886 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1888 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1890 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1891 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1892 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1894 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1896 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1897 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1900 version_string
= "";
1901 else if (vernum
== 1
1902 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1903 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1905 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1906 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1908 const char *nodename
1909 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1910 version_string
= "";
1913 || symbol
->name
== NULL
1914 || strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
) != 0)
1915 version_string
= nodename
;
1919 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1921 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1922 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1926 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1928 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1930 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1932 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1939 return version_string
;
1942 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1945 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1948 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1950 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1953 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1954 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1956 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1957 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1958 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1959 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1961 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1963 const char *section_name
;
1964 const char *name
= NULL
;
1965 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1966 unsigned char st_other
;
1968 const char *version_string
;
1971 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1973 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1974 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1975 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1979 name
= symbol
->name
;
1980 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1983 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1984 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1985 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1986 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1987 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1988 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1989 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1991 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1992 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1994 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1995 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2002 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2007 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2008 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2013 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2014 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2019 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2020 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2021 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2023 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2025 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2028 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2034 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2036 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2039 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2041 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2042 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2043 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2045 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2046 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2047 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2048 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2050 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2055 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2056 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2057 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2058 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2059 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2060 can expect to recurse at least once.
2062 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2063 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2065 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2066 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2067 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2069 size_t amt
= elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
2071 /* PR 26005: Do not use bfd_zalloc here as the memory might
2072 be released before the bfd has been fully scanned. */
2073 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
2074 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2076 memset (sections_being_created
, FALSE
, amt
);
2077 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2079 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2082 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2085 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2088 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2089 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2090 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2095 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2096 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2099 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2102 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2103 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2104 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2105 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2106 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2107 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2108 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2109 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2110 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2111 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2114 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2115 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2118 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2120 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2121 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2122 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2125 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2126 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2127 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2129 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2134 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2136 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2138 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2140 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2141 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2142 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2143 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2145 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2146 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2150 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2152 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2153 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2155 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2156 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2158 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2166 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2167 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2170 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2173 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2175 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2177 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2178 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2179 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2184 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2185 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2186 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2189 /* xgettext:c-format */
2190 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2191 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2195 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2196 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2197 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2198 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2200 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2201 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2202 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2203 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2204 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2206 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2207 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2208 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2212 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2213 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2214 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2216 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2217 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2219 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2220 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2223 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2224 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2226 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2228 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2229 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2234 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2236 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2238 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2239 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2244 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2245 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2249 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2250 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2253 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2256 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2258 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2261 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2262 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2263 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2268 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2269 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2270 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2273 /* xgettext:c-format */
2274 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2275 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2279 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2280 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2281 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2282 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2284 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2285 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2286 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2289 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2291 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2293 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2294 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2297 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2300 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2302 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2303 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2304 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2308 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2309 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2312 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2314 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2315 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2319 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2322 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2323 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2327 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2330 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2331 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2332 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2333 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2335 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2340 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2341 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2342 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2343 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2345 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2347 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2348 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2351 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2353 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2356 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2358 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2360 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2361 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2365 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2370 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2372 asection
*target_sect
;
2373 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2374 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2375 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2378 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2379 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2382 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2383 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2386 /* xgettext:c-format */
2387 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2388 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2389 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2394 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2395 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2396 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2397 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2398 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2399 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2400 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2402 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2403 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2404 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2405 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2411 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2413 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2414 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2425 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2428 /* Get the symbol table. */
2429 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2430 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2431 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2434 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2435 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2436 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2437 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2438 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2439 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2440 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2441 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2442 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2443 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2444 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2445 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2446 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2447 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2448 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2449 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2451 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2456 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2459 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2460 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2463 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2464 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2465 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2467 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2469 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2470 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2474 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2477 /* xgettext:c-format */
2478 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2479 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2480 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2485 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2490 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2491 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2492 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2493 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2494 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2495 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2496 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2497 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2498 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2500 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2501 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2503 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2507 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2508 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2509 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2510 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2513 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2514 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2517 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2518 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2519 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2522 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2523 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2524 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2525 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2532 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2535 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2541 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2542 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2543 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2545 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2547 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2551 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2552 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2555 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2557 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2558 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2559 for applications? */
2561 /* xgettext:c-format */
2562 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2563 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2566 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2567 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2572 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2573 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2574 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2576 /* xgettext:c-format */
2577 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2578 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2579 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2581 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2582 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2583 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2584 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2585 be rejected with an error message. */
2587 /* xgettext:c-format */
2588 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2589 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2592 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2593 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2598 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2600 /* xgettext:c-format */
2601 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2602 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2610 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2611 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2612 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2614 free (sections_being_created
);
2615 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2616 sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2621 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2624 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2626 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2628 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2630 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2633 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2634 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2636 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2637 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2638 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2641 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2643 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2646 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2649 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2652 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2656 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2658 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2660 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2663 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2666 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2669 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2673 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2676 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2680 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2681 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2682 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2683 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2684 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2691 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2694 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2698 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2701 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2704 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2708 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2710 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2712 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2715 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2718 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2721 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2723 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2724 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2725 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2726 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2729 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2731 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2732 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2735 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2737 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2738 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2739 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2742 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2744 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2745 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2746 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2749 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2751 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2752 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2753 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2754 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2755 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2758 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2760 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2761 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2762 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2763 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2764 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2765 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2766 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2769 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2771 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2772 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2773 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2774 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2777 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2779 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2780 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2781 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2782 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2783 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2786 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2788 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2789 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2790 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2792 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2793 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2794 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2795 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2798 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2800 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2802 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2804 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2805 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2806 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2812 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2815 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2816 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2817 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2823 len
= strlen (name
);
2825 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2828 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2830 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2832 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2835 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2836 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2838 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2840 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2842 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2843 && (suffix_len
== -2
2844 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2850 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2852 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2853 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2863 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2864 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2867 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2868 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2870 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2871 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2874 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2875 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2878 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2879 bed
->special_sections
,
2885 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2888 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2889 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2892 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2897 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2901 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2903 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2904 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2905 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2907 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2910 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2914 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2917 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2918 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2919 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2921 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2922 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2923 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2926 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2927 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2930 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2933 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2935 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2936 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2937 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2938 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2940 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2941 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2942 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2943 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2944 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2945 of combined data+bss.
2947 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2948 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2949 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2950 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2951 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2956 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2957 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2959 const char *type_name
)
2966 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2968 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2969 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2970 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2972 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2974 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2975 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2976 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2979 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2980 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2981 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2983 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2984 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2985 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2986 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2987 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2988 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2989 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2991 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2992 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2993 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2995 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2997 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3000 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3002 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3006 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
3010 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
3011 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3012 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3015 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3016 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3017 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3019 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3020 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3021 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3022 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3023 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3024 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3025 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3026 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3027 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3029 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3030 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3031 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3033 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3034 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3041 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3043 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3044 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3045 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3051 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3053 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3055 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3058 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3061 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3063 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3064 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3068 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3071 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3074 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3076 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3082 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3085 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3087 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3092 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3095 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3098 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3099 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3100 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3104 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3108 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3110 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3112 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3113 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3116 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3120 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3121 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3122 const char *sec_name
,
3123 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3125 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3126 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3130 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3132 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3134 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3140 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3141 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3142 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3146 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3147 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3148 const char *sec_name
,
3149 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3150 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3152 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3153 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3155 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3156 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3157 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3159 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3160 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3161 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3164 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3165 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3166 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3167 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3168 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3169 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3170 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3171 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3172 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3177 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3180 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3182 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3183 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3185 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3188 struct fake_section_arg
3190 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3194 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3197 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3199 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3200 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3201 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3202 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3203 unsigned int sh_type
;
3204 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3205 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3210 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3215 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3219 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3220 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3221 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3225 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3227 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3228 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3229 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3230 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3231 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3234 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3236 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3237 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3239 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3240 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3244 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3245 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3253 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3255 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3256 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3257 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3258 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3259 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3260 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3265 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3270 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3271 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3275 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3277 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3284 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3286 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3287 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3288 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3290 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3292 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3293 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3294 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3295 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3296 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3299 /* xgettext:c-format */
3300 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3301 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3305 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3306 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3307 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3308 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3309 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3310 copy_private_section_data. */
3312 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3313 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3315 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3317 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3318 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3320 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3322 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3323 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3324 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3325 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3326 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3328 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3329 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3330 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3331 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3333 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3334 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3337 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3348 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3349 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3350 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3351 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3355 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3359 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3363 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3367 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3368 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3372 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3373 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3376 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3377 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3380 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3381 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3382 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3383 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3385 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3386 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3388 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3389 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3392 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3393 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3394 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3395 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3397 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3398 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3400 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3401 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3405 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3409 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3413 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3414 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3415 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3416 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3417 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3418 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3419 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3421 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3422 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3424 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3425 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3426 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3427 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3428 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3430 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3431 if (asect
->size
== 0
3432 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3434 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3436 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3439 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3440 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3441 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3445 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3446 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3448 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3449 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3450 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3451 create the other. */
3452 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3454 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3457 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3458 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3459 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3460 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3462 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3463 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3464 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3469 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3470 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3471 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3477 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3479 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3489 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3490 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3491 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3492 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3498 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3500 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3501 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3502 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3506 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3507 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3508 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3509 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3512 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3514 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3515 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3519 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3521 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3526 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3528 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3530 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3532 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3533 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3537 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3539 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3540 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3545 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3547 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3549 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3551 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3552 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3553 set until all local symbols are output. */
3555 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3556 unsigned long symndx
;
3557 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3560 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3561 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3562 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3563 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3564 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3565 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3567 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3569 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3571 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3572 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3574 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3575 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3576 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3577 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3579 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3582 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3584 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3587 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3589 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3590 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3591 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3598 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3600 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3601 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3602 start of the input section group. */
3603 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3605 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3606 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3607 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3608 directives, not that it matters. */
3615 s
= s
->output_section
;
3617 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3619 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3620 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3622 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3624 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3625 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3627 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3631 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3633 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3634 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3636 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3638 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3641 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3643 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3649 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3651 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3654 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3655 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3656 relocations apply. */
3659 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3661 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3662 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3663 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3664 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3669 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3675 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3678 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3681 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3686 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3688 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3689 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3692 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3693 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3694 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3697 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3700 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3701 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3702 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3705 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3706 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3707 in here too, while we're at it. LINK_INFO will be 0 when arriving
3708 here for objcopy, and when using the generic ELF linker. */
3711 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3713 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3715 unsigned int section_number
;
3716 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3717 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3718 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3723 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3725 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3726 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3728 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3730 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3731 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3733 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3735 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3737 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3739 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3740 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3741 abfd
->section_count
--;
3744 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3747 /* Count relocations. */
3748 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3751 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3752 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3753 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3756 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3758 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3760 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3761 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3762 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3763 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3766 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3767 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3768 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3775 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3776 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3777 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3783 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3784 || (link_info
== NULL
3785 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3789 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3790 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3791 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3793 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3795 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3797 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3798 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3799 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3801 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3802 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3803 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3806 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3807 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3810 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3811 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3812 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3814 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3816 /* xgettext:c-format */
3817 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3818 abfd
, section_number
);
3822 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3823 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3825 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3827 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3828 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3829 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3832 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3833 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3834 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3836 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3840 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3842 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3845 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3846 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3848 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3849 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3850 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3851 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3853 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3854 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3857 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3861 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3863 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3864 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3865 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3866 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3867 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3869 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3871 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3872 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3873 the relocation entries apply. */
3874 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3876 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3877 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3878 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3880 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3882 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3883 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3884 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3887 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3888 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3890 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3893 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3894 if (discarded_section (s
))
3898 /* xgettext:c-format */
3899 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3900 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3901 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3902 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3903 size as the discarded one. */
3904 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3907 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3912 /* Handle objcopy. */
3913 else if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3916 /* xgettext:c-format */
3917 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3918 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3919 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3920 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3923 s
= s
->output_section
;
3924 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3929 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3930 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3931 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3933 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3934 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3935 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3936 /* xgettext:c-format */
3937 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3942 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3946 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3947 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3948 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3949 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3950 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3951 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3952 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3954 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3956 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3959 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3960 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3965 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3966 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3967 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3968 field to point to this section. */
3969 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3970 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3975 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3976 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3979 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3980 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3981 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3985 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3987 /* This is a .stab section. */
3988 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 12;
3995 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3996 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3997 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3998 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
4000 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4002 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4005 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
4006 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
4007 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
4008 the version strings. */
4009 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4010 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4012 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4017 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4018 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4019 this hash table or version table is for. */
4020 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4022 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4026 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4030 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4031 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4032 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4038 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4040 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4041 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4042 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4043 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4045 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4046 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4047 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4050 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4051 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4052 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4053 the beginning of that array.
4055 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4058 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4059 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4061 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4063 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4065 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4066 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4067 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4069 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4072 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4075 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4077 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4080 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4083 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4088 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4089 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4092 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4094 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4099 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4102 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4105 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4106 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4107 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4108 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4109 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4110 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4111 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4112 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4113 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4116 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4117 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4120 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4122 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4123 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4124 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4125 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4126 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4127 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4128 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4129 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4136 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4140 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4142 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4143 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4147 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4148 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4149 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4151 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4152 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4154 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4155 decided to output. */
4156 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4158 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4160 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4162 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4163 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4165 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4167 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4168 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4170 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4174 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4175 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4177 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4179 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4183 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4184 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4185 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4186 at least in that case. */
4187 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4189 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4191 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4198 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4199 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4200 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4201 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4204 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4206 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4209 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4210 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4211 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4216 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4218 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4220 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4222 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4225 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4226 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4229 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4231 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4235 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4237 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4241 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4242 ELF data structure. */
4244 static inline file_ptr
4245 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4247 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4250 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4251 required section alignment. */
4254 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4258 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4259 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4260 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4261 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4262 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4263 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4264 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4268 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4269 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4270 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4273 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4274 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4276 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4277 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4279 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4280 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4281 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4283 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4286 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4287 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4288 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4290 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4293 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4294 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4295 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4299 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4302 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4303 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4304 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4305 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4309 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4310 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4312 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4317 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4319 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4324 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4325 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4326 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4327 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4328 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4329 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4330 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4331 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4332 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4333 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4334 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4336 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4342 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4344 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4346 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4347 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4349 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4351 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4352 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4353 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4354 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4357 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4358 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4360 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4362 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4364 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4365 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4367 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4370 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4375 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4376 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4378 static bfd_size_type
4379 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4383 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4385 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4386 and one for data. */
4389 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4390 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4392 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4393 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4394 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4399 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4401 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4405 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4407 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4411 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4413 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4417 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4419 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4423 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4424 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4425 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4427 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4431 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4433 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4434 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4436 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4437 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4439 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4440 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4441 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4442 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4443 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4444 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4445 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4446 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4447 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4448 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4453 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4455 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4457 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4463 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4465 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4466 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4468 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4469 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4470 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4471 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4473 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4476 /* xgettext:c-format */
4477 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4478 "sh_info field: %d"),
4479 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4482 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4483 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4484 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4489 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4490 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4494 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4500 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4503 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4506 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4508 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4509 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4511 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4517 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4518 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4525 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4527 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4528 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4529 asection
**sections
,
4534 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4539 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4540 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4541 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4545 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4546 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4547 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4548 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4550 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4552 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4553 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4554 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4560 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4563 struct elf_segment_map
*
4564 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4566 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4568 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4569 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4573 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4575 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4580 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4583 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4584 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4585 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4587 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4588 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4590 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4591 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4592 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4593 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4595 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4598 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4600 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4602 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4603 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4604 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4606 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4610 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4612 if (remove_empty_load
4613 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4615 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4621 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4622 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4624 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4631 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4632 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4634 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4637 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4640 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4641 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4642 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4643 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4645 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4648 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4650 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4654 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4655 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4658 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4659 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4661 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4662 bfd_boolean writable
;
4663 bfd_boolean executable
;
4664 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4665 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4666 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4667 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4669 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4670 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4671 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4673 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4675 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4676 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4677 if (sections
== NULL
)
4680 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4681 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4683 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4684 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4687 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4689 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4691 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4692 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4694 s
->target_index
= i
;
4697 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4698 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4699 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4702 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4705 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4707 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4708 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4709 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4710 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4711 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4713 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4714 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4716 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4718 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4719 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4720 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4721 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4722 been left for them. */
4723 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4725 /* Build the mapping. */
4729 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4730 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4732 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4733 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4735 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4736 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4740 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4742 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4743 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4744 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4748 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4749 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4753 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4761 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4762 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4763 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4769 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4771 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4774 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4775 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4777 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4778 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4779 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4780 program headers we will need. */
4781 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4783 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4784 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4786 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4788 && info
->separate_code
4789 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4791 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4792 thus not executable, and the first section is
4793 executable then put the file and program headers in
4794 their own PT_LOAD. */
4795 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4796 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4797 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4799 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4800 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4801 previous page if we can. */
4802 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4803 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4805 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4808 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4809 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4810 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4811 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4812 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4813 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4814 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4815 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4817 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4818 else if (separate_phdr
)
4820 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4823 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4825 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4826 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4829 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4833 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4836 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4840 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4843 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4845 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4846 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4847 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4849 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4851 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4852 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4856 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4857 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4859 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4860 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4863 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4864 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4865 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4867 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4868 pages onto the same memory page. */
4869 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4871 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4872 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4873 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4874 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4875 section can be included in the current segment. */
4876 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4877 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4878 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4879 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4881 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4882 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4885 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4886 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4888 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4889 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4890 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4891 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4894 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4896 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4897 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4898 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4899 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4901 else if (info
!= NULL
4902 && info
->separate_code
4903 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4908 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4910 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4916 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4917 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4920 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4921 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4923 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4925 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4931 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4933 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4936 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4937 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4941 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4942 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4944 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4951 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4956 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4962 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4963 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4965 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4968 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4970 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4971 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4972 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4974 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4982 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4985 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4992 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
4993 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4994 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4995 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4996 in the output file. */
4997 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4999 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5000 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5003 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5006 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5008 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5009 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5010 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5011 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
5018 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5019 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5020 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5024 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5028 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5029 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5032 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5033 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5037 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5043 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5044 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5048 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5051 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5052 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5053 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5058 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5059 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5061 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5063 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5065 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5068 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5071 while (i
< tls_count
)
5073 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5075 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5079 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5082 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5094 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5095 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5096 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5097 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5098 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5100 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5101 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5102 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5104 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5107 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5108 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5112 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5113 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5115 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5117 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5123 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5124 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5125 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5127 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5128 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5132 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5134 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5141 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5143 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5144 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5145 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5147 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5148 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5152 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5154 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5160 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5162 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5163 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5167 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5168 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5169 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5170 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5171 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5172 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5174 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5175 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5182 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5184 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5186 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5188 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5189 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5192 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5194 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5195 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5196 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5200 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5205 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5208 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5209 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5213 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5220 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5223 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5226 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5228 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5237 /* Sort sections by address. */
5240 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5242 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5243 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5244 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5246 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5247 place the section into a segment. */
5248 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5250 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5253 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5254 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5255 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5257 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5260 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5262 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5269 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5274 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5275 before others at the same address. */
5277 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5278 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5285 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5288 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5289 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5292 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5294 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5295 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5297 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5299 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5301 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5303 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5305 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5306 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5307 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5308 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5309 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5311 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5313 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5315 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5317 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5319 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5322 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5324 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5326 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5328 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5331 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5333 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5334 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5338 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5340 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5341 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5342 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5343 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5344 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5347 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5348 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5350 /* In other words, something like:
5352 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5353 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5354 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5355 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5357 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5359 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5362 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5364 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5365 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5367 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5371 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5374 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5379 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5380 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5381 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5382 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5383 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5384 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5386 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5387 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5391 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5392 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5393 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5399 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5404 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5406 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5409 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5414 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5415 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5419 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5420 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5422 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5423 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5424 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5425 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5426 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5427 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5428 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5429 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5431 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5432 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5434 if (link_info
== NULL
5435 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5439 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5444 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5445 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5449 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5450 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5451 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5454 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5456 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5459 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5463 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5464 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5465 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5466 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5471 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5475 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5476 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5477 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5478 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5479 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5481 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5482 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5483 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5484 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5485 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5486 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5487 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5491 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5493 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5494 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5495 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5496 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5497 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5498 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5500 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5501 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5503 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5504 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5505 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5510 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5514 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5515 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5517 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5518 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5519 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5520 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5521 position after the ELF file header. */
5522 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5523 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5525 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5526 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5528 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5534 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5535 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5537 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5540 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5541 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5543 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5544 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5545 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5546 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5547 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5548 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5550 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5551 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5554 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5556 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5558 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5559 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5560 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5563 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5565 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5566 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5568 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5569 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5570 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5571 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5572 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5573 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5574 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5576 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5577 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5579 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5581 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5582 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5583 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5584 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5586 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5588 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5590 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5593 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5595 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5598 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5599 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5601 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5605 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5607 unsigned int secalign
;
5609 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5610 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5611 align_power
= secalign
;
5613 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5614 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5615 align
= maxpagesize
;
5618 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5619 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5620 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5621 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5622 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5623 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5625 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5628 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5629 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5631 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5635 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5637 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5638 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5641 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5642 && bed
->no_page_alias
5643 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5644 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5645 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5646 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5650 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5651 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5652 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5653 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5654 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5655 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5656 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5657 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5662 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5663 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5664 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5666 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5669 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5670 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5672 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5675 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5676 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5677 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5678 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5680 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5682 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5684 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5685 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5686 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5690 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5691 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5692 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5695 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5696 " try linking with -N"),
5698 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5702 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5706 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5708 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5709 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5710 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5711 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5715 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5717 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5719 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5720 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5721 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5723 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5725 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5728 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5729 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5730 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5733 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5735 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5736 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5737 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5738 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5739 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5740 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5741 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5742 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5745 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5749 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5750 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5752 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5757 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5758 without file contents somewhere within the first
5759 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5760 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5761 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5765 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5770 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5772 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5774 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5775 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5779 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5780 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5781 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5782 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5783 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5784 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5787 bfd_size_type align
;
5788 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5791 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5792 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5794 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5795 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5796 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5797 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5798 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5799 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5801 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5802 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5803 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5804 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5808 || p_end
< p_start
))
5811 /* xgettext:c-format */
5812 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5813 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5814 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5816 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5818 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5820 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5822 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5825 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5827 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5828 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5830 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5831 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5835 /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
5836 as would seem proper for their address when the
5837 section is first in the segment. sh_offset
5838 doesn't really have any significance for
5839 SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
5840 relative to other sections. Historically we
5841 didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
5842 programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
5843 pr12921 and pr25662. */
5844 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
|| i
== 0)
5847 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
5848 off_adjust
+= adjust
;
5851 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5852 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5855 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5857 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5861 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5862 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5863 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5869 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5878 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5880 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5881 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5882 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5884 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5885 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5886 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5888 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5889 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5890 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5891 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5892 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5893 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5895 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5897 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5900 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5902 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5903 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5904 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5905 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5906 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5907 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5909 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5911 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5912 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5914 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5916 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5917 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5920 if (align
> p
->p_align
5921 && !m
->p_align_valid
5922 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5923 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5927 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5930 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5932 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5939 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5940 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5941 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5942 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5943 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5944 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5946 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5947 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5948 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5949 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5950 " by LOAD segment"),
5952 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5954 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5955 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5956 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5959 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5960 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5961 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5963 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5965 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5966 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5967 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5968 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5969 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5970 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5972 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5977 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5979 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5982 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5983 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5984 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5985 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5988 /* xgettext:c-format */
5989 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5991 print_segment_map (m
);
5997 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5999 if (link_info
!= NULL
6000 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
6001 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
6003 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
6004 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
6005 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
6007 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
6008 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
6009 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
6010 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
6012 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6013 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6014 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6015 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6018 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6020 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6021 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6022 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6024 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6025 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6026 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6034 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6035 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6039 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6040 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6043 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6044 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6052 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6053 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6054 use heuristics instead. */
6057 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6059 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6062 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6063 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6064 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6066 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6068 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6070 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6071 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6072 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6073 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6074 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6081 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6082 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6085 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6086 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6088 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6089 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6090 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6091 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6092 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6093 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6095 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6097 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6098 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6099 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6100 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6102 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6105 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6106 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6107 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6108 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6109 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6110 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6112 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6113 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6114 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6115 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6116 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6117 so do not warn about them. */
6118 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6120 /* xgettext:c-format */
6121 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6123 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6125 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6126 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6127 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6128 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6131 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6133 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6136 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6137 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6138 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6139 not been decided. */
6140 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6141 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6142 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6143 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6144 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6145 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6146 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6147 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6148 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6149 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6151 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6153 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6155 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6156 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6157 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6158 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6160 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6162 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6165 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6167 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6168 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6169 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6170 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6171 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6173 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6175 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6177 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6178 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6189 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6190 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6193 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6195 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6197 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6199 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6201 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6202 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6203 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6205 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6211 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6212 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6214 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6223 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6224 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6225 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6226 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6227 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6229 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6230 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6231 In cases where the end does not match any
6232 loaded section (for instance is in file
6233 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6234 the end of loaded section contents. */
6235 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6236 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6238 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6239 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6240 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6241 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6242 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6244 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6246 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6252 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6255 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6257 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6259 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6260 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6262 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6266 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6267 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6268 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6270 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6271 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6272 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6278 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6280 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6282 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6283 "and/or program header"),
6284 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6289 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6290 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6292 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6293 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6294 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6296 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6308 static elf_section_list
*
6309 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6311 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6317 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6318 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6319 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6321 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6322 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6323 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6324 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6325 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6326 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6327 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6328 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6330 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6333 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6334 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6336 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6337 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6338 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6341 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6342 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6344 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6345 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6346 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6350 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6351 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6353 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6354 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6355 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6356 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6361 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6362 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6363 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6365 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6366 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6367 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6368 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6369 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6370 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6371 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6372 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6373 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6375 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6378 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6381 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6382 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6386 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6387 assignment of sections to segments. */
6388 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6391 /* And for non-load sections. */
6392 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6396 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6399 /* Write out the program headers. */
6400 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6403 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6404 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6412 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6413 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6415 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6416 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6417 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6419 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6421 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6422 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6425 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6427 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6428 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6429 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6430 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6432 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6433 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6434 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6435 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6437 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6438 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6439 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6440 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6441 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6442 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6444 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6446 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6448 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6449 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6452 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6453 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6454 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6455 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6456 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6457 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6458 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6459 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6461 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6464 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6465 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6467 /* No program header, for now. */
6468 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6469 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6470 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6472 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6473 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6474 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6476 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6477 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6478 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6479 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6480 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6481 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6482 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6483 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6484 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6490 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6492 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6493 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6494 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6495 changed or the programs updated. */
6498 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6500 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6502 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6503 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6504 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6505 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6506 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6508 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6509 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6510 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6511 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6512 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6514 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6515 segments is non-zero. */
6517 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6522 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6523 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6526 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6529 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6530 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6531 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6532 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6534 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6536 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6537 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6538 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6541 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6543 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6544 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6545 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6546 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6549 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6551 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6553 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6554 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6556 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6557 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6561 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6562 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6564 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6565 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6567 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6568 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6572 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6573 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6576 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6578 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6580 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6582 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6587 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6592 /* Update section size and contents. */
6593 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6594 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6595 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6599 /* Update section size and contents. */
6600 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6601 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6604 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6611 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6613 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6614 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6615 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6616 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6618 /* Place the section headers. */
6619 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6620 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6621 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6622 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6623 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6624 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6630 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6632 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6633 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6635 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6636 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6638 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6639 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6641 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6642 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6643 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6644 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6646 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6647 already been written to the BFD. */
6648 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6650 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6654 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6657 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6661 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6664 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6665 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6666 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6668 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6669 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6670 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6671 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6672 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6674 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6676 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6678 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6679 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6684 /* Write out the section header names. */
6685 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6686 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6687 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6688 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6691 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6694 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6697 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6698 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6699 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6705 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6707 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6708 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6711 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6714 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6716 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6717 unsigned int sec_index
;
6719 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6720 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6721 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6723 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6724 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6725 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6726 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6727 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6728 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6730 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6732 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6733 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6735 int retval
= sec_index
;
6737 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6741 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6742 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6747 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6751 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6753 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6755 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6757 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6758 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6759 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6760 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6761 input sections rather than the output section. */
6762 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6763 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6764 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6769 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6770 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6771 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6772 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6773 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6774 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6775 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6778 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6782 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6783 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6785 /* xgettext:c-format */
6786 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6787 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6788 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6795 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6796 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6804 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6807 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6809 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6810 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6811 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6812 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6813 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6816 unsigned int num_segments
;
6817 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6818 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6819 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6820 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6821 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6822 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6823 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6825 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6826 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6829 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6831 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6832 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6834 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6835 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6836 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6837 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6839 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6840 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6841 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6842 ? section->size : 0)
6844 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6845 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6846 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6847 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6848 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6849 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6851 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6852 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6853 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6854 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6855 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6856 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6857 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6859 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6860 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6861 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6862 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6863 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6864 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6865 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6867 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6869 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6871 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6875 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6876 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6877 p_memsz set to 0. */
6878 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6880 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6881 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6882 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6883 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6885 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6886 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6887 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6889 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6890 A section will be included if:
6891 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6892 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6893 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6895 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6896 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6897 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6898 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6899 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6900 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6901 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6902 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6903 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6904 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6905 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6906 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6907 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6908 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6909 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6910 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6911 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6912 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6913 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6914 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6915 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6916 || (segment->p_paddr \
6917 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6918 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6919 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6920 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6922 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6923 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6924 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6925 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6926 && section->output_section != NULL)
6928 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6929 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6930 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6932 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6933 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6934 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6935 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6936 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6938 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6939 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6940 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6941 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6942 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6944 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6945 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6946 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6948 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6949 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6950 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6951 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6952 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6953 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6956 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6958 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6962 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6963 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6964 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6965 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6966 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6971 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6973 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6974 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6975 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6977 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6978 assignment code will work. */
6979 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6983 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6985 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6986 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6987 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6991 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6992 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6994 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6996 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6997 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
7000 /* Merge the two segments together. */
7001 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
7003 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
7005 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
7006 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
7008 if (extra_length
> 0)
7010 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7011 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7014 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7016 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7018 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7023 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7025 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7026 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7028 if (extra_length
> 0)
7030 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7031 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7034 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7039 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7040 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7044 unsigned int section_count
;
7045 asection
**sections
;
7046 asection
*output_section
;
7048 asection
*matching_lma
;
7049 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7052 asection
*first_section
;
7054 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7057 first_section
= NULL
;
7058 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7059 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7061 section
= section
->next
)
7063 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7064 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7065 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7067 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7068 first_section
= section
;
7069 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7074 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7075 all of the sections we have selected. */
7076 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7077 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7078 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7082 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7083 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7085 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7086 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7087 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7089 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7090 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7092 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7094 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7095 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7098 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7099 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7100 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7101 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7102 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7104 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7106 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7107 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7108 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7109 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7110 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7112 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7113 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7116 if (section_count
== 0)
7118 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7119 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7120 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7121 a warning is produced.
7122 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7123 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7124 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7125 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7126 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7127 /* xgettext:c-format */
7129 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7130 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7131 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7133 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7135 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7136 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7141 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7142 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7143 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7144 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7146 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7147 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7150 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7151 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7152 of the first section.
7154 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7155 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7156 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7157 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7158 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7160 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7161 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7162 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7163 or segments to contain the other sections.
7165 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7166 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7167 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7169 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7170 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7171 if (sections
== NULL
)
7174 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7175 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7176 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7177 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7178 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7181 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7182 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7184 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7186 section
= section
->next
)
7188 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7190 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7192 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7194 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7195 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7196 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7197 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7199 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7200 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7202 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7203 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7204 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7205 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7206 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7207 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7209 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7210 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7211 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7213 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7214 LMA address of the output section. */
7215 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7217 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7218 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7219 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7221 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7222 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7223 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7225 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7226 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7228 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7230 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7231 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7233 if (j
== section_count
)
7238 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7240 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7242 if (isec
== section_count
)
7244 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7245 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7246 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7247 program header in the input BFD. */
7248 map
->count
= section_count
;
7249 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7250 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7253 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7255 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7256 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7257 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7258 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7259 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7261 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7263 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7264 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7272 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7273 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7274 section fitted, the first section. */
7275 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7276 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7278 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7280 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7281 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7282 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7284 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7286 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7287 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7288 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7289 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7290 offset when we know the correct value. */
7291 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7292 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7295 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7297 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7298 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7299 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7300 first section lma, but there may have been some
7301 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7302 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7303 the same alignment. */
7304 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7305 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7306 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7310 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7311 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7312 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7313 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7314 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7315 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7321 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7323 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7324 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7326 section
= sections
[j
];
7328 if (section
== NULL
)
7331 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7333 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7335 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7337 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7339 if (map
->count
== 0)
7341 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7342 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7344 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7345 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7346 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7347 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7348 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7350 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7351 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7358 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7360 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7361 and the start of this section is more than
7362 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7363 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7365 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7366 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7367 > output_section
->lma
))
7369 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7370 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7376 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7379 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7380 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7382 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7383 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7386 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7387 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7388 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7389 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7390 So allow a count of zero. */
7392 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7393 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7394 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7396 if (isec
< section_count
)
7398 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7399 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7400 and carry on looping. */
7401 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7402 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7403 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7410 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7411 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7412 not yet been assigned. */
7414 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7415 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7416 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7417 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7418 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7419 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7420 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7425 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7429 while (isec
< section_count
);
7434 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7436 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7437 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7438 the offset if necessary. */
7439 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7443 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7446 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7447 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7448 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7450 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7451 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7454 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7455 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7462 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7463 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7465 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7466 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7467 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7468 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7469 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7470 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7474 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7477 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7479 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7480 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7481 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7482 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7483 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7485 unsigned int num_segments
;
7486 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7487 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7488 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7490 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7493 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7495 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7496 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7497 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7498 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7499 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7502 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7504 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7508 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7513 unsigned int section_count
;
7515 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7516 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7517 asection
*lowest_section
;
7519 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7520 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7522 section
= section
->next
)
7524 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7525 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7527 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7528 first_section
= section
;
7533 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7534 all of the sections we have selected. */
7535 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7536 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7537 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7541 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7544 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7545 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7546 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7547 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7548 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7549 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7550 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7551 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7553 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7554 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7556 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7557 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7558 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7559 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7560 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7562 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7563 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7566 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7567 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7568 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7569 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7571 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7572 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7574 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7575 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7576 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7577 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7578 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7580 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7581 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7584 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7585 if (section_count
!= 0)
7587 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7589 for (section
= first_section
;
7591 section
= section
->next
)
7593 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7594 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7596 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7597 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7601 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7602 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7603 lowest_section
= section
;
7605 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7606 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7607 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7608 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7610 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7611 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7613 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7614 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7615 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7617 if (isec
== section_count
)
7623 if (section_count
== 0)
7624 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7625 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7627 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7628 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7629 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7630 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7631 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7632 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7634 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7635 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7638 map
->count
= section_count
;
7639 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7640 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7643 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7647 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7651 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7653 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7654 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7657 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7660 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7662 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7663 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7664 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7665 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7666 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7667 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7668 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7670 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7672 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7673 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7676 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7677 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7678 section
= section
->next
)
7679 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7681 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7682 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7686 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7687 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7688 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7689 map in this case. */
7690 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7691 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7692 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7695 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7696 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7698 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7699 from the input BFD. */
7700 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7702 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7704 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7705 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7706 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7708 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7709 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7711 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7712 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7713 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7714 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7715 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7716 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7722 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7724 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7725 section
= section
->next
)
7727 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7730 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7733 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7737 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7739 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7740 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7741 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7743 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7744 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7746 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7749 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7750 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7752 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7753 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7754 /* xgettext:c-format */
7755 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7756 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7757 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7759 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7762 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7763 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7766 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7769 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7772 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7776 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7779 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7780 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7781 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7783 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7784 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7787 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7789 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7790 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7791 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7792 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7793 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7794 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7795 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7796 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7797 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7798 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7799 are different the user may be doing something like
7800 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7801 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7802 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7803 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7805 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7806 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7807 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7809 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7810 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7811 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7813 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7814 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7815 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7816 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7817 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7819 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7820 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7821 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7822 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7823 if ((link_info
== NULL
7824 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7825 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7826 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7828 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7829 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7830 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7831 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7834 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7835 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7836 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7839 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7841 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7842 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7843 may be NULL at this point. */
7844 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7846 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7847 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7848 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7851 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7856 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7857 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7860 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7865 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7867 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7868 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7871 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7872 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7874 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7876 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7877 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7878 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7879 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7880 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7882 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7886 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7887 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7888 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7889 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7890 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7894 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7898 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7899 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7901 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7902 asection
*s
= first
;
7903 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7907 /* If this member section is being output but the
7908 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7909 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7910 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7911 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7913 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7914 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7918 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7919 if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7920 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7922 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
7923 output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
7926 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7927 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7929 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7930 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7935 /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
7937 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7938 && elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7940 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7941 && elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7945 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7951 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7953 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7954 adjust the input section size. */
7955 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7956 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7957 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7958 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7961 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7966 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7968 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7969 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7971 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7972 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7981 /* Copy private header information. */
7984 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7986 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7987 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7990 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7991 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7992 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7993 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7994 already been worked out. */
7995 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7997 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
8001 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
8004 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
8005 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
8006 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
8007 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
8008 swap_out_syms function. */
8010 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
8011 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
8012 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
8013 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
8014 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8017 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8022 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8024 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8025 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8028 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
8029 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
8032 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8034 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8038 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8039 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8040 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8041 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8042 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8043 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8045 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8046 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8047 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8048 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8049 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8055 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8058 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8059 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8062 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8063 unsigned int symcount
;
8065 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8066 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8067 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8068 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8069 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8070 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8071 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8072 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8073 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8075 unsigned int num_locals
;
8077 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8079 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8082 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8083 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8087 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8088 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8089 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8090 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8091 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8092 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8093 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8094 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8096 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8097 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8099 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8100 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8101 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8103 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8104 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8108 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8109 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8112 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8115 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8118 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8119 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8121 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8122 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8124 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8126 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8127 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8129 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8130 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8132 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8133 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8136 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8137 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8138 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8139 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8140 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8142 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8145 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8147 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8148 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8154 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8155 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8156 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8157 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8158 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8159 outbound_syms_index
++;
8160 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8161 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8165 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8166 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8168 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8169 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8171 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8172 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8173 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8174 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8177 if (!name_local_sections
8178 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8180 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8181 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8185 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8186 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8188 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8190 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8194 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8196 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8197 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8199 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8200 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8201 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8202 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8203 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8204 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8205 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8207 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8208 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8209 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8213 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8216 if (sec
->output_section
)
8218 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8219 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8222 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8223 if (! relocatable_p
)
8225 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8226 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8228 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8230 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8232 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8233 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8234 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8235 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8239 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8242 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8245 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8248 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8251 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8252 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8259 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8261 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8262 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8263 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8267 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8268 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8269 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8278 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8280 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8284 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8285 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8286 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8287 demand of applications. For example, it
8288 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8289 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8290 actually in the output file. */
8291 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8293 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8294 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8296 /* xgettext:c-format */
8298 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8299 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8300 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8302 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8308 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8311 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8313 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8314 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8315 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8317 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8319 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8321 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8326 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8329 /* Processor-specific types. */
8330 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8331 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8332 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8333 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8335 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8337 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8338 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8340 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8342 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8344 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8346 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8347 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8348 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8350 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8351 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8353 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8355 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8356 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8360 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8361 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8364 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8366 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8368 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8369 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8370 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8372 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8375 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8378 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8380 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8381 sym
.st_target_internal
8382 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8387 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8391 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8392 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8393 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8395 outbound_syms_index
++;
8396 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8397 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8400 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8401 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8403 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8404 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8406 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8407 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8408 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8410 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8411 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8412 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8414 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8415 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8417 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8418 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8423 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8424 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8425 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8426 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8427 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8428 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8429 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8430 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8435 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8437 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8438 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8439 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8442 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8444 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8446 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8448 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8449 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8451 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8454 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8456 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8462 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8464 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8466 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8468 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8470 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8474 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8475 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8477 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8480 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8482 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8488 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr asect
)
8490 if (asect
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8492 /* Sanity check reloc section size. */
8493 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (asect
);
8494 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= &d
->this_hdr
;
8495 bfd_size_type ext_rel_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
8496 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8498 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8500 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8505 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8506 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8508 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8512 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8515 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8518 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8525 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8527 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8530 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8531 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8532 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8536 return section
->reloc_count
;
8540 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8542 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8543 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8546 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8551 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8552 asymbol
**allocation
)
8554 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8555 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8558 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8562 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8563 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8564 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8565 dynamic reloc section. */
8568 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8570 bfd_size_type count
, ext_rel_size
;
8573 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8575 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8581 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8582 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8583 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8584 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8586 ext_rel_size
+= s
->size
;
8587 if (ext_rel_size
< s
->size
)
8589 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8592 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8593 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8595 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8601 /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */
8602 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8603 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8605 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8609 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8612 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8613 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8614 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8615 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8616 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8617 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8618 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8621 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8625 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8629 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8631 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8635 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8637 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8639 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8640 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8641 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8646 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8648 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8650 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8661 /* Read in the version information. */
8664 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8666 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8667 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8670 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8672 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8673 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8674 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8676 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8678 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8680 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8681 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8683 error_return_bad_verref
:
8685 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8686 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8687 error_return_verref
:
8688 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8689 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8693 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8694 goto error_return_verref
;
8695 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8696 if (contents
== NULL
)
8697 goto error_return_verref
;
8699 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8701 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8702 goto error_return_verref
;
8704 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8705 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8706 goto error_return_verref
;
8708 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8709 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8710 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8711 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8712 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8713 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8715 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8716 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8719 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8721 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8723 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8724 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8726 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8727 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8729 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8730 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8733 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8734 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8736 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8737 goto error_return_verref
;
8739 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8740 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8741 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8742 goto error_return_verref
;
8745 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8746 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8747 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8749 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8750 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8751 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8752 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8754 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8756 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8757 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8758 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8759 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8760 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8762 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8763 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8765 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8766 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8768 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8771 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8772 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8774 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8775 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8776 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8778 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8779 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8782 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8783 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8785 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8786 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8788 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8789 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8790 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8792 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8793 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8795 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8801 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8803 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8804 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8805 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8806 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8807 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8809 unsigned int maxidx
;
8810 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8812 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8814 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8816 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8818 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8819 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8820 error_return_verdef
:
8821 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8826 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8827 goto error_return_verdef
;
8828 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8829 if (contents
== NULL
)
8830 goto error_return_verdef
;
8832 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8833 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8834 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8835 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8836 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8837 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8839 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8840 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8842 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8844 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8846 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8848 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8849 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8850 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8851 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8853 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8856 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8857 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8858 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8860 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8861 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8864 if (default_imported_symver
)
8866 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8871 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8874 goto error_return_verdef
;
8876 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8877 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8878 goto error_return_verdef
;
8880 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8882 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8883 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8884 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8886 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8887 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8890 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8892 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8893 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8895 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8896 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8898 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8900 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8901 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8904 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8905 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8907 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8908 goto error_return_verdef
;
8910 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8911 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8912 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8913 goto error_return_verdef
;
8917 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8918 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8920 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8921 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8922 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8923 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8925 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8927 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8928 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8929 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8930 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8931 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8933 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8934 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8936 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8939 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8940 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8942 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8943 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8944 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8946 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8947 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8950 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8951 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8952 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8954 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8955 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8957 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8958 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8960 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8961 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8967 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8974 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8976 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8979 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8980 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8983 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8986 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8987 if (default_imported_symver
)
8989 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8990 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8992 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8994 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8995 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8996 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8997 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8999 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
9001 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
9002 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
9003 goto error_return_verdef
;
9004 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9005 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
9006 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
9007 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
9008 goto error_return_verdef
;
9010 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
9011 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
9022 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
9024 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
9026 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
9029 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
9030 return &newsym
->symbol
;
9034 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9038 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9041 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9042 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9046 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9049 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9050 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9053 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9054 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9055 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9058 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9059 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9060 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9061 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9062 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9063 we treat such symbols as local. */
9064 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9067 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9068 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9069 These labels have the form:
9071 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9073 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9075 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9076 so we only need to match the rest. */
9077 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9079 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9083 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9085 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9087 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9088 /* A fake symbol. */
9091 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9092 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9093 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9094 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9095 other than some kind of local ? */
9112 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9113 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9120 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9121 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9122 unsigned long machine
)
9124 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9125 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9126 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9127 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9128 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9131 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9134 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9135 for error reporting. */
9138 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9142 const char **filename_ptr
,
9143 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9144 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9145 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9149 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9150 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9151 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9152 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9153 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9156 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9157 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9159 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9160 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9161 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9166 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9167 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9168 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9169 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9171 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9174 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9177 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9178 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9185 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9188 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9189 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9191 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9192 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9193 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9194 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9197 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9198 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9199 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9200 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9201 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9204 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9205 const char **filename_ptr
,
9206 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9207 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9210 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9211 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9212 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9217 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9219 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9220 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9222 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9224 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9226 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9228 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9231 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9232 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9235 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9238 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9246 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9248 const void *location
,
9250 bfd_size_type count
)
9252 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9255 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9256 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9262 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9263 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9265 unsigned char *contents
;
9267 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9268 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9272 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9275 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9277 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9281 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9284 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9287 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9291 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9292 if (contents
== NULL
)
9295 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9298 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9302 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9306 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9307 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9308 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9315 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9316 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9317 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9323 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9326 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9328 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9330 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9332 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9333 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9335 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9336 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9338 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9340 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9343 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9346 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9349 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9352 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9355 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9358 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9364 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9366 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9368 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9369 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9371 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9376 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9382 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9385 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9388 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9391 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9394 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9400 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9404 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9412 /* xgettext:c-format */
9413 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9414 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9415 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9420 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9422 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9424 && (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
9425 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
9427 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9428 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9429 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9432 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9435 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9436 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9437 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9440 bfd_reloc_status_type
9441 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9442 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9443 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9444 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9445 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9447 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9450 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9451 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9452 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9453 out details about the corefile. */
9455 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9456 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9459 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9460 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9463 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9467 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9469 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9474 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9475 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9476 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9480 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9484 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9487 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9491 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9492 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9493 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9497 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9498 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9499 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9500 such a section already exists.
9501 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9502 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9503 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9505 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9511 char *threaded_name
;
9515 /* Build the section name. */
9517 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9518 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9519 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9520 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9522 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9524 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9529 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9530 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9532 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9536 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9539 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9545 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9546 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9547 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9552 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9554 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9558 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9561 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9566 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9570 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9571 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9572 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9574 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9575 has already been set by another thread. */
9576 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9577 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9578 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9579 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9581 /* pr_who exists on:
9584 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9587 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9588 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9593 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9594 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9596 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9597 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9599 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9600 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9601 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9603 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9604 has already been set by another thread. */
9605 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9606 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9607 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9608 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9610 /* pr_who exists on:
9613 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9616 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9617 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9619 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9622 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9625 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9626 note size (ie. data object type). */
9630 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9631 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9632 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9634 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9636 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9638 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9640 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9642 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9643 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9646 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9647 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9648 data structure apart. */
9651 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9653 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9656 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9657 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9661 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9663 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9666 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9667 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9668 contents literally. */
9671 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9673 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9677 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9679 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9683 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9685 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9689 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9691 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9695 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9697 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9701 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9703 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9707 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9709 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9713 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9715 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9719 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9721 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9725 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9727 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9731 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9733 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9737 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9739 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9743 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9745 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9749 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9751 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9755 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9757 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9761 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9763 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9767 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9769 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9773 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9775 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9779 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9781 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9785 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9787 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9791 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9793 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9797 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9799 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9803 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9805 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9809 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9811 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9815 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9817 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9821 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9823 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9827 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9829 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9833 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9835 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9839 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9841 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9845 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9847 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9851 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9853 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9857 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9859 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9863 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9865 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9869 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9871 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9875 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9877 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9881 elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9883 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arc-v2", note
);
9886 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9887 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9888 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9889 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9893 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9894 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9895 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9896 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9900 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9901 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9902 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9905 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9908 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9916 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9920 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9926 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9928 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9930 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9932 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9934 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9936 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9937 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9939 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9940 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9941 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9943 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9944 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9945 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9947 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9948 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9950 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9951 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9953 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9955 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9956 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9958 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9959 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9960 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9962 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9963 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9964 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9970 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9971 note size (ie. data object type). */
9975 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9976 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9977 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9980 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9981 int n
= strlen (command
);
9983 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9984 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9989 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9991 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9993 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9995 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9996 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9997 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
10003 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10005 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10007 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10008 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
10010 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10013 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10015 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10018 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
10019 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
10020 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
10024 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
10026 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10028 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10030 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10036 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
10037 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
10038 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
10043 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10045 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10046 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10048 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10049 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10051 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10053 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10054 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10055 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10058 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10060 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10064 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10065 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10066 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10067 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10070 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10071 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10072 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10075 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10077 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10080 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10082 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10083 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10084 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10087 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10089 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10093 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10094 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10095 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10096 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10099 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10100 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10101 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10104 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10106 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10108 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10111 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10118 int is_active_thread
;
10121 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
10124 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10127 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10131 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
10132 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10133 /* process_info.pid */
10134 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10135 /* process_info.signal */
10136 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10139 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
10140 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10141 /* thread_info.tid */
10142 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
10144 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10145 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10149 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10151 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10155 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10157 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10158 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10159 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10161 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10162 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10164 if (is_active_thread
)
10165 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10169 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
10170 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10171 /* module_info.base_address */
10172 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10173 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10175 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10176 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10180 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10182 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10187 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10188 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10189 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10200 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10202 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10204 switch (note
->type
)
10210 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10211 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10213 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10214 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10219 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10221 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10224 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10226 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10229 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10230 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10232 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10233 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10235 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10236 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10237 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10238 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10242 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10243 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10244 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10245 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10250 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10251 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10252 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10257 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10258 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10259 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10264 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10265 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10266 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10271 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10272 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10273 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10278 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10279 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10280 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10285 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10286 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10287 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10292 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10293 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10294 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10298 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10299 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10300 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10301 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10305 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10306 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10307 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10308 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10312 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10313 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10314 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10315 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10319 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10320 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10321 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10322 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10326 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10327 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10328 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10329 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10333 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10334 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10335 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10336 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10340 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10341 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10342 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10343 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10347 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10348 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10349 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10350 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10354 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10355 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10356 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10357 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10361 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10362 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10363 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10364 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10368 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10369 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10370 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10371 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10375 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10376 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10377 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10378 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10383 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10384 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10385 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10389 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10390 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10391 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10392 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10396 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10397 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10398 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10399 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10403 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10404 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10405 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10406 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10411 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10412 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10413 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10417 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10418 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10419 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10420 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10424 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10425 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10426 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10427 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10431 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10432 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10433 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10434 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10438 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10439 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10440 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10441 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10446 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10447 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10448 return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd
, note
);
10453 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10454 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10455 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10460 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10461 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10462 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10466 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10467 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10468 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10469 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10473 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10474 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10475 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10476 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10481 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10482 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10483 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10487 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10488 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10489 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10490 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10496 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10497 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10499 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10500 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10506 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10509 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10513 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10520 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10522 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10524 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10527 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10528 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10531 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10532 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10533 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10539 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10541 switch (note
->type
)
10546 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10547 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10549 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10550 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10555 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10557 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10558 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10559 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10561 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10562 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10563 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10565 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10571 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10573 switch (note
->type
)
10576 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10584 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10588 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10591 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10596 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10604 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10605 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10610 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10611 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10615 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10619 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10620 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10621 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10624 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10625 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10626 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10629 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10632 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10633 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10636 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10637 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10643 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10649 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10650 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10651 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10655 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10659 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10660 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10667 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10670 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10671 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10674 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10675 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10676 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10678 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10683 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10687 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10690 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10691 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10692 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10693 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10696 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10697 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10698 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10701 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10702 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10705 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10706 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10709 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10710 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10711 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10715 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10717 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10719 switch (note
->type
)
10722 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10723 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10725 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10728 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10731 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10733 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10734 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10735 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10739 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10740 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10743 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10744 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10747 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10748 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10751 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10752 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10754 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10755 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10756 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10760 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10761 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10765 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10773 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10777 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10780 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10787 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10789 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10792 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10793 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10794 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10796 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10797 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10798 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10800 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10801 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10802 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10804 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10809 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10813 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10814 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10816 switch (note
->type
)
10818 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10819 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10820 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10821 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10822 creates a core file. */
10823 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10824 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10825 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10826 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10827 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10829 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
10830 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
10831 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
10832 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
10839 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
10840 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10841 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10844 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10848 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10850 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10851 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10853 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
10854 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10855 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10856 switch (note
->type
)
10858 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10859 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10861 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10862 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10868 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10869 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10870 structure which lacks GBR. */
10873 switch (note
->type
)
10875 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10876 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10878 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10879 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10885 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10886 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10889 switch (note
->type
)
10891 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10892 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10894 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10895 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10905 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10907 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10910 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10911 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10912 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10914 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10915 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10916 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10918 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10919 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10920 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10926 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10928 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10929 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10931 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10932 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10934 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10935 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10937 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10938 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10940 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10941 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10943 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10945 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10950 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10951 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10952 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10961 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10963 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10970 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10973 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10974 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10976 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10977 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10979 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10980 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10982 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10983 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10985 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10986 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10989 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10990 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10991 thread just in case. */
10992 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10993 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10995 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10996 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10998 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11001 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11003 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11007 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11008 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11009 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11011 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
11015 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
11016 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
11024 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
11025 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
11027 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11030 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11032 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11036 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11037 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11038 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11040 /* This is the current thread. */
11041 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
11042 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
11047 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
11048 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
11049 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
11050 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11053 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11055 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11056 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11058 static long tid
= 1;
11060 switch (note
->type
)
11062 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11063 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11064 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11065 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11066 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11067 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11068 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11069 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11076 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11082 /* Use note name as section name. */
11083 len
= note
->namesz
;
11084 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11087 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11088 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11090 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11094 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11095 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11096 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11101 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11104 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11108 size of data for note
11110 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11111 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11112 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11113 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11116 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11119 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11127 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11134 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11136 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11138 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11141 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11142 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11143 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11144 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11145 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11146 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11150 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11158 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11168 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11169 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11170 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11171 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11172 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11173 be NULL terminated.
11174 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11175 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11176 the finer control available with later versions.
11177 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11178 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11179 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11180 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11181 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11182 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11183 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11186 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11190 const char *psargs
)
11192 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11194 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11197 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11198 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11203 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11204 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11205 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11207 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11209 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11212 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11215 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11216 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11217 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11218 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11219 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11224 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11226 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11229 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11232 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11233 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11234 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11235 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11236 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11238 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11243 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11244 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11248 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11249 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11250 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11252 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11254 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11256 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11257 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11258 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11262 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11264 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11265 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11266 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11271 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11272 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11273 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11275 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11277 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11279 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11280 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11281 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11285 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11287 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11288 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11289 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11294 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11301 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11303 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11306 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11308 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11313 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11314 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11315 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11317 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11319 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11320 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11321 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11322 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11323 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11324 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11331 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11332 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11333 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11334 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11335 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11336 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11338 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11344 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11346 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11353 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11354 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11356 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11357 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11358 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11359 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11360 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11361 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11362 #if !defined(gregs)
11363 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11364 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11366 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11367 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11370 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11371 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11373 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11375 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11377 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11381 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11382 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11384 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11385 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11386 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11388 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11392 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11393 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11394 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11395 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11403 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11404 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11405 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11406 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11410 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11413 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11416 const void *fpregs
,
11419 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11420 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11421 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11425 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11428 const void *xfpregs
,
11431 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11432 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11433 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11437 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11438 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11441 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11442 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11444 note_name
= "LINUX";
11445 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11446 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11450 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11453 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11456 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11457 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11458 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11462 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11465 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11468 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11469 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11470 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11474 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11477 const void *ppc_tar
,
11480 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11481 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11482 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11486 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11489 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11492 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11493 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11494 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11498 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11501 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11504 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11505 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11506 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11510 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11513 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11516 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11517 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11518 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11522 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11525 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11528 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11529 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11530 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11534 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11537 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11540 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11541 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11542 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11546 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11549 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11552 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11553 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11554 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11558 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11561 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11564 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11565 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11566 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11570 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11573 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11576 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11577 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11578 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11582 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11585 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11588 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11589 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11590 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11594 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11597 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11600 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11601 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11602 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11606 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11609 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11612 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11613 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11614 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11618 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11621 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11624 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11625 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11626 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11630 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11633 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11636 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11637 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11638 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11639 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11643 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11646 const void *s390_timer
,
11649 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11650 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11651 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11655 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11658 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11661 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11662 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11663 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11667 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11670 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11673 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11674 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11675 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11679 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11682 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11685 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11686 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11687 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11691 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11694 const void *s390_prefix
,
11697 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11698 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11699 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11703 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11706 const void *s390_last_break
,
11709 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11710 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11711 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11712 s390_last_break
, size
);
11716 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11719 const void *s390_system_call
,
11722 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11723 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11724 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11725 s390_system_call
, size
);
11729 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11732 const void *s390_tdb
,
11735 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11736 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11737 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11741 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11744 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11747 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11748 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11749 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11753 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11756 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11759 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11760 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11761 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11762 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11766 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11769 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11772 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11773 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11774 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11779 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11782 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11785 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11786 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11787 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11792 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11795 const void *arm_vfp
,
11798 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11799 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11800 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11804 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11807 const void *aarch_tls
,
11810 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11811 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11812 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11816 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11819 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11822 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11823 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11824 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11828 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11831 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11834 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11835 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11836 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11840 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11843 const void *aarch_sve
,
11846 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11847 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11848 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11852 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11855 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11858 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11859 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11860 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11864 elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
,
11867 const void *arc_v2
,
11870 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11871 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11872 note_name
, NT_ARC_V2
, arc_v2
, size
);
11876 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11879 const char *section
,
11883 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11884 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11885 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11886 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11887 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11888 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11889 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11890 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11891 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11892 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11893 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11894 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11895 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11896 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11897 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11898 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11899 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11900 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11901 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11902 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11903 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11904 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11905 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11906 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11907 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11908 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11909 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11910 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11911 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11912 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11913 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11914 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11915 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11916 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11917 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11918 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11919 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11920 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11921 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11922 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11923 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11924 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11925 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11926 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11927 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11928 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11929 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11930 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11931 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11932 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11933 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11934 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11935 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11936 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11937 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11938 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11939 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11940 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11941 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11942 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11943 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11944 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11945 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11946 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11947 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11948 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11949 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11950 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11951 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11952 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11953 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11954 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11955 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11956 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11957 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0)
11958 return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11963 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11968 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11969 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11970 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11971 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11974 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11978 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11980 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11981 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11983 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11986 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11988 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11989 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11990 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11993 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11994 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11995 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11997 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11998 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
12001 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
12008 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
12011 const char * string
;
12013 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
12017 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
12018 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
12019 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
12020 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
12021 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
12022 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
12023 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
12025 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
12028 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
12030 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
12031 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
12032 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
12034 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
12043 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
12045 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
12048 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
12049 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
12051 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
12057 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
12064 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12069 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12072 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12075 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12079 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12080 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12083 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12093 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12095 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12096 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12097 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12100 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12102 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12104 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12108 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12111 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12112 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12113 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12114 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12116 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12117 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12120 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12124 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12126 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12130 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12131 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12132 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12133 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12138 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12139 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12140 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12141 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12143 return reloc_class_normal
;
12146 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12147 relocation against a local symbol. */
12150 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12151 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12153 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12155 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12156 bfd_vma relocation
;
12158 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12159 + sec
->output_offset
12161 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12162 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12163 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12166 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12167 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12168 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12171 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12172 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12173 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12174 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12175 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12176 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12177 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12180 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12181 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12187 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12188 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12192 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12194 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12195 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12197 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12198 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12199 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12202 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12203 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12204 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12205 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12209 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12210 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12214 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12216 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12217 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12219 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12220 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12223 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12225 /* Reverse the offset. */
12226 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12227 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12229 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12230 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12231 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12232 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12238 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12239 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12240 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12241 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12242 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12243 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12245 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12246 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12247 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12248 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12249 the remote memory. */
12252 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12255 bfd_size_type size
,
12256 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12257 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12259 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12260 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12264 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12265 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12266 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12271 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12274 const char *relplt_name
;
12275 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12285 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12288 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12291 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12294 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12295 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12296 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12297 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12298 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12301 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12302 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12303 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12306 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12310 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12311 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12314 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12315 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12316 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12317 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12319 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12320 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12323 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12325 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12330 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12334 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12335 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12337 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12342 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12343 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12346 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12347 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12348 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12349 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12350 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12351 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12353 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12356 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12357 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12359 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12363 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12364 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12365 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12366 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12369 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12372 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12373 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12380 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12381 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12382 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12383 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12384 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12385 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12386 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12387 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12390 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12392 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12394 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12396 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12397 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12399 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12400 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12401 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12402 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12404 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12405 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12406 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12407 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12409 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12410 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12411 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12412 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12413 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12414 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12415 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12423 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12424 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12425 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12428 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12430 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12431 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12434 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12435 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12436 otherwise return zero. */
12439 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12442 bfd_size_type size
;
12444 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12445 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12446 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12449 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12451 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12452 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12458 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12459 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12461 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12462 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12463 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12465 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12468 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12469 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12471 unsigned int shindex
)
12473 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12474 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12477 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12478 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12480 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12481 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12484 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12487 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12489 asymbol
** symbols
)
12491 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12493 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12494 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12496 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12497 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12498 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12501 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12503 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12504 associated with SEC. */
12505 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12509 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12510 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12512 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12513 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12514 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12515 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12517 unsigned int entsize
;
12518 unsigned int symcount
;
12519 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12522 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12525 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12526 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12527 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12529 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12531 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12532 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12538 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12539 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12541 free (native_relocs
);
12542 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12547 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12548 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12550 free (native_relocs
);
12555 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12556 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12559 free (native_relocs
);
12560 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
12561 the memory for the bfd is released. */
12566 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12568 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12569 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12571 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12574 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12576 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12578 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12579 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12580 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12581 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12582 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12583 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12585 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12587 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12589 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12590 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12591 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12592 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12594 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12597 /* xgettext:c-format */
12598 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12599 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12600 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12601 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12602 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12609 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12611 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12612 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12613 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12616 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12618 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12619 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12621 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12622 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12629 free (native_relocs
);
12630 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12631 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12638 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12641 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12642 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12643 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12644 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12649 if (isection
== NULL
)
12652 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12655 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12659 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12663 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
== NULL
);
12664 elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12665 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12666 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12667 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12669 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12671 /* xgettext:c-format */
12672 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12674 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12678 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12679 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
12680 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
12683 /* xgettext:c-format */
12684 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
12686 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12690 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12692 if (isection
== NULL
12693 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
12694 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
12697 /* xgettext:c-format */
12698 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
12700 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12704 osection
->sh_info
=
12705 elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12707 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12708 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12709 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12715 /* Write out a secondary reloc section. */
12718 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12720 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12721 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12723 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12724 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12729 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12730 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12731 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12734 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12736 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12737 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12738 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12740 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12741 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12743 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12744 associated with SEC. */
12745 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12747 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12748 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12750 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12751 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12753 asymbol
* last_sym
;
12755 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12757 arelent
* src_irel
;
12758 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
12760 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
12763 /* xgettext:c-format */
12764 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
12766 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12771 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12772 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
12775 /* xgettext:c-format */
12776 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
12778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12783 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
12784 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
12787 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12788 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12789 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12793 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
12794 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
12795 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
12798 /* xgettext:c-format */
12799 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
12801 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12806 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= hdr
->sh_entsize
)
12808 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
12813 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
12817 /* xgettext:c-format */
12818 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
12819 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12820 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12825 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
12827 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
12832 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12834 if (sym
== last_sym
)
12838 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
12842 /* xgettext:c-format */
12843 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
12844 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12845 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12854 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
12855 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
12856 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
12859 /* xgettext:c-format */
12860 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
12861 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12862 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12868 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
12869 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
12872 /* xgettext:c-format */
12873 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
12874 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12875 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12877 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
12880 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
12881 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
12882 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);